1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
55 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
,
58 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
61 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
62 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
63 need to move into elfcode.h. */
65 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
68 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
69 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
70 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
72 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
73 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
74 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
75 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
76 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
77 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
78 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
81 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
84 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
85 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
86 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
91 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
94 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
97 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
105 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
113 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
116 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
119 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
122 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
123 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
124 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
126 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
127 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
128 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
129 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
130 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
133 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
136 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
137 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
138 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
141 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
144 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
147 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
150 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
151 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
152 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
154 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
155 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
156 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
157 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
158 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
161 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
164 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
165 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
166 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
170 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
172 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
175 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
178 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
179 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
180 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
182 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
185 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
188 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
189 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
190 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
192 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
195 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
196 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
199 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
201 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
206 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
209 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
212 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
213 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
217 return h
& 0xffffffff;
220 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
221 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
224 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
226 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
227 unsigned long h
= 5381;
230 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
231 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
232 return h
& 0xffffffff;
235 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
236 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
238 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
240 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
242 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
243 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
244 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
247 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
248 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
250 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
253 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
254 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
261 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
263 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
264 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
269 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
271 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
272 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
274 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
275 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
279 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
281 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
282 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
284 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
286 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
288 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
289 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
292 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
293 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
295 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
296 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
297 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
299 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
300 in case the string table is not terminated. */
301 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
302 || shstrtabsize
> bfd_get_file_size (abfd
)
303 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
304 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
306 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
308 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
309 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
310 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
312 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
313 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
314 the string table over and over. */
315 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
318 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
319 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
321 return (char *) shstrtab
;
325 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
326 unsigned int shindex
,
327 unsigned int strindex
)
329 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
334 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
337 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
339 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
341 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
343 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
344 /* xgettext:c-format */
345 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
346 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
351 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
356 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
357 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
358 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
359 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
360 the section is zero. */
361 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
365 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
367 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
369 /* xgettext:c-format */
370 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
371 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
372 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
374 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
378 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
381 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
382 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
383 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
384 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
385 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
386 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
387 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
390 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
391 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
396 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
398 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
400 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
401 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
402 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
403 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
404 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
405 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
406 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
411 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
417 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
419 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
421 elf_section_list
* entry
;
422 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
424 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
425 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
428 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
431 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
433 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
438 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
440 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
441 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
442 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
443 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
444 the index table will not be needed. */
448 /* Read the symbols. */
450 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
452 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
453 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
454 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
455 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
456 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
458 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
459 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
461 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
462 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
463 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
469 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
473 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
474 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
475 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
477 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
478 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
493 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
494 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
495 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
499 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
500 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
501 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
502 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
504 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
505 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
507 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
508 /* xgettext:c-format */
509 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
510 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
511 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
512 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
519 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
521 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
522 free (alloc_extshndx
);
527 /* Look up a symbol name. */
529 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
530 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
531 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
535 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
536 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
538 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
539 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
540 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
542 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
543 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
546 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
549 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
550 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
555 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
556 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
559 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
560 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
562 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
564 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
565 signature just a string? */
568 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
570 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
571 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
572 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
573 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
575 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
576 that it is a symbol table section. */
577 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
579 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
580 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
581 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
584 /* Go read the symbol. */
585 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
586 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
587 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
590 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
593 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
596 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
598 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
600 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
601 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
604 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
606 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
607 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
608 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
611 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
612 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
613 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
614 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
615 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
617 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
619 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
621 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
627 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
628 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
633 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
634 so we can find them quickly. */
637 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
638 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
639 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
640 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
642 memset (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
, 0,
643 num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
646 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
648 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
650 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
653 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
655 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
657 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
660 /* Add to list of sections. */
661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
664 /* Read the raw contents. */
665 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
666 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
667 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
668 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
669 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
670 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
673 /* xgettext:c-format */
674 (_("%pB: corrupt size field in group section"
675 " header: %#" PRIx64
),
676 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
677 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
682 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
684 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
685 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
689 /* xgettext:c-format */
690 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
691 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
692 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
693 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
695 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
696 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
697 contents to be used. */
698 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
702 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
703 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
704 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
706 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
707 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
715 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
716 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
719 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
720 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
721 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
726 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
727 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
728 section group should be marked with
729 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
730 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
732 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
735 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
738 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
746 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
747 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
749 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
751 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
754 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
755 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
757 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
758 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
764 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
766 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
769 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
771 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
772 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
774 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
775 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
781 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
782 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
784 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
785 /* xgettext:c-format */
786 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
787 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
788 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
792 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
794 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
795 section is a member. */
797 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
801 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
802 other members to see if any others are linked via
804 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
805 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
807 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
808 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
809 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
813 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
814 insert current section in circular list. */
815 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
816 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
817 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
823 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
826 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
828 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
829 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
832 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
834 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
835 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
837 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
844 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
846 /* xgettext:c-format */
847 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
855 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
858 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
859 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
862 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
863 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
866 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
868 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
869 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
870 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
871 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
874 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
875 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
876 bed
->link_order_error_handler
877 /* xgettext:c-format */
878 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
883 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
885 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
887 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
888 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
892 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
893 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
899 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
903 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
906 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
907 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
912 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
917 /* Process section groups. */
918 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
921 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
923 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
924 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
927 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
928 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
931 /* xgettext:c-format */
932 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
938 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
939 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
945 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
947 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
948 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
949 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
950 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
952 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
954 /* xgettext:c-format */
955 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
958 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
959 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
972 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
974 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
978 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
980 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
981 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
982 if (new_name
== NULL
)
986 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
991 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
993 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
994 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
995 if (new_name
== NULL
)
998 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1002 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1003 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1006 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1015 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1018 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1019 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1022 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1023 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1026 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1027 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1028 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1030 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1032 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
1033 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1034 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
1035 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1038 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1039 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1040 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1041 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1043 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1046 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1049 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1050 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1051 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1053 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1058 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1061 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1062 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1063 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1065 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1066 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1067 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1068 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1070 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1072 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1073 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1074 if (name
[0] == '.')
1079 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1080 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1081 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1082 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1083 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1084 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1086 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1088 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1089 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1092 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1093 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1097 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1098 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1099 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1100 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1101 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1102 all but one of the sections. */
1103 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1104 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1105 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1107 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1108 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1109 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1112 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1115 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1116 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1117 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1118 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1122 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1125 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1126 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1130 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1132 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1133 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1135 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1136 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1137 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1138 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1139 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1140 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1141 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1143 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1145 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1148 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1151 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1152 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1153 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1154 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1156 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1157 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1158 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1160 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1161 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1162 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1163 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1164 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1165 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1166 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1167 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1168 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1170 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1171 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1172 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1173 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1174 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1175 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1176 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1182 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1183 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1184 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1185 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1186 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1188 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1189 int compression_header_size
;
1190 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1191 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1192 bfd_boolean compressed
1193 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1194 &compression_header_size
,
1196 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1199 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1200 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1201 action
= decompress
;
1204 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1205 section. Check if we should compress. */
1206 if (action
== nothing
)
1208 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1209 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1210 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1211 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1213 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1214 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1220 if (action
== compress
)
1222 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1225 /* xgettext:c-format */
1226 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1233 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1236 /* xgettext:c-format */
1237 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1243 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1246 && (action
== decompress
1247 || (action
== compress
1248 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1250 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1251 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1253 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1254 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1256 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1260 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1261 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1262 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1268 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1270 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1271 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1272 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1275 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1276 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1277 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1278 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1279 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1280 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1281 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1282 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1283 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1285 bfd_reloc_status_type
1286 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1287 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1289 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1290 asection
*input_section
,
1292 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1294 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1295 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1296 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1297 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1299 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1300 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1303 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1306 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1307 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1308 should be the same. */
1311 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1312 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1314 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1315 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1316 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1317 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1319 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1320 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1322 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1325 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1326 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1327 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1328 to be the correct section. */
1331 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1332 const unsigned int hint
)
1334 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1337 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1339 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1340 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1341 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1342 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1345 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1347 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1349 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1351 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1352 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1353 multiple matches ? */
1360 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1361 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1362 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1365 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1367 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1369 const unsigned int secnum
)
1371 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1372 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1373 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1374 unsigned int sh_link
;
1376 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1378 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1379 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1380 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1381 matched up with the original.
1383 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1384 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1385 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1386 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1387 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1388 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1389 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1390 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1391 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1392 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1393 without any contents. */
1394 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1395 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1396 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1397 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1401 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1402 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1403 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1404 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1407 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1408 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1409 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1410 in the input bfd. */
1411 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1413 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1414 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1417 /* xgettext:c-format */
1418 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1419 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1423 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1424 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1426 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1430 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1431 if we could not find a match ? */
1433 /* xgettext:c-format */
1434 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1437 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1439 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1440 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1442 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1444 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1446 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1447 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1450 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1451 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1453 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1455 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1460 /* xgettext:c-format */
1461 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1467 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1471 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1473 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1474 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1475 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1478 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1479 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1482 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1484 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1485 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1488 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1490 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1491 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1492 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1494 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1495 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1496 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1497 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1499 /* Copy object attributes. */
1500 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1502 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1505 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1507 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1508 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1511 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1513 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1514 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1515 files. See below for more details. */
1517 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1518 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1521 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1522 fields have already been initialised. */
1523 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1524 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1527 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1528 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1529 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1531 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1533 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1536 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1537 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1538 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1539 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1541 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1542 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1543 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1544 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1545 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1546 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1551 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1554 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1555 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1556 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1557 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1559 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1561 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1564 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1565 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1566 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1568 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1569 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1570 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1571 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1572 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1573 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1574 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1575 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1576 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1577 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1579 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1584 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1586 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1587 with a NULL input section. */
1588 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1589 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1597 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1602 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1603 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1604 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1605 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1606 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1607 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1608 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1609 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1610 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1611 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1612 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1613 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1618 /* Print out the program headers. */
1621 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1623 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1624 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1626 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1628 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1633 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1634 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1635 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1637 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1642 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1645 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1646 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1647 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1648 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1649 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1650 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1651 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1652 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1653 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1654 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1655 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1656 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1657 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1658 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1659 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1660 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1661 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1666 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1669 unsigned int elfsec
;
1670 unsigned long shlink
;
1671 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1673 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1675 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1677 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1680 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1681 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1683 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1685 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1686 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1689 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1690 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1692 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1693 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1695 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1697 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1698 const char *name
= "";
1700 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1701 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1703 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1705 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1712 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1713 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1715 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1717 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1722 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1723 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1724 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1725 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1726 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1727 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1728 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1729 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1730 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1731 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1732 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1733 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1734 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1735 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1736 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1737 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1738 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1739 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1740 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1741 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1742 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1743 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1744 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1745 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1746 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1747 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1748 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1749 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1750 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1751 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1752 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1753 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1754 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1755 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1756 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1757 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1758 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1759 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1760 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1761 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1762 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1763 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1764 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1765 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1766 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1767 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1768 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1769 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1770 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1771 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1772 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1773 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1774 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1775 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1776 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1777 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1778 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1779 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1782 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1786 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1791 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1793 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1796 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1805 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1806 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1808 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1812 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1814 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1816 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1817 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1819 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1820 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1821 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1822 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1824 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1827 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1831 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1837 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1839 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1841 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1842 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1844 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1846 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1847 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1848 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1849 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1850 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1851 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1863 /* Get version string. */
1866 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1867 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1869 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1870 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1871 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1873 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1875 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1876 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1879 version_string
= "";
1880 else if (vernum
== 1
1881 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1882 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1884 version_string
= "Base";
1885 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1887 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1890 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1892 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1893 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1897 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1899 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1901 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1903 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1910 return version_string
;
1913 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1916 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1919 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1921 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1924 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1925 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1927 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1928 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1929 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1930 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1932 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1934 const char *section_name
;
1935 const char *name
= NULL
;
1936 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1937 unsigned char st_other
;
1939 const char *version_string
;
1942 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1944 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1945 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1946 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1950 name
= symbol
->name
;
1951 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1954 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1955 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1956 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1957 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1958 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1959 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1960 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1962 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1963 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1965 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1966 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1972 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1977 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1978 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1983 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1984 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1989 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1990 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1991 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1993 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1995 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1998 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2004 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2006 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2009 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2011 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2012 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2015 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2016 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2017 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2018 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2020 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2025 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2026 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2027 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2028 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2029 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2030 can expect to recurse at least once.
2032 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2033 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2035 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2036 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2037 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2039 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
2040 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
), sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
2041 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2043 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2046 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2049 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2052 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2053 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2054 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2059 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2060 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2063 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2066 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2067 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2068 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2069 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2070 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2071 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2072 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2073 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2074 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2075 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2078 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2079 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2082 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2084 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2085 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2086 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2089 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2090 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2091 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2093 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2098 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2100 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2102 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2104 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2105 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2106 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2107 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2109 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2110 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2114 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2116 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2117 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2119 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2120 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2122 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2130 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2131 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2134 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2137 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2139 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2141 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2142 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2143 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2148 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2149 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2150 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2153 /* xgettext:c-format */
2154 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2155 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2159 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2160 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2161 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2162 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2164 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2165 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2166 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2167 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2168 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2170 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2171 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2172 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2176 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2177 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2178 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2180 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2181 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2183 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2184 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2187 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2188 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2190 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2192 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2193 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2198 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2200 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2202 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2203 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2208 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2209 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2213 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2214 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2217 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2220 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2222 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2225 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2226 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2227 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2232 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2233 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2234 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2237 /* xgettext:c-format */
2238 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2239 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2243 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2244 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2245 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2246 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2248 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2249 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2250 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2253 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2255 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2257 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2258 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2261 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2264 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2266 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2267 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2268 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2272 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2273 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2276 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2278 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2279 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2283 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2286 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2287 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2291 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2294 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2295 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2296 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2297 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2299 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2304 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2305 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2306 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2307 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2309 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2311 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2312 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2315 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2317 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2320 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2322 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2324 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2325 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2329 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2334 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2336 asection
*target_sect
;
2337 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2338 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2339 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2342 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2343 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2346 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2347 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2350 /* xgettext:c-format */
2351 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2352 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2353 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2358 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2359 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2360 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2361 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2362 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2363 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2364 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2366 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2367 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2368 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2369 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2375 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2377 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2378 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2389 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2392 /* Get the symbol table. */
2393 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2394 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2395 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2398 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2399 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2400 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2401 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2402 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2403 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2404 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2405 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2406 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2407 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2408 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2409 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2410 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2411 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2412 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2413 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2415 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2420 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2423 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2424 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2427 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2428 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2429 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2431 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2433 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2436 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2441 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2442 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2443 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2444 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2445 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2446 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2447 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2448 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2449 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2451 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2452 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2454 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2458 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2459 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2460 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2461 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2464 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2465 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2468 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2469 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2470 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2473 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2474 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2475 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2476 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2483 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2486 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2492 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2493 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2494 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2496 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2498 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2502 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2503 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2506 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2508 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2509 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2510 for applications? */
2512 /* xgettext:c-format */
2513 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2514 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2517 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2518 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2523 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2524 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2525 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2527 /* xgettext:c-format */
2528 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2529 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2530 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2532 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2533 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2534 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2535 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2536 be rejected with an error message. */
2538 /* xgettext:c-format */
2539 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2540 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2543 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2544 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2549 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2551 /* xgettext:c-format */
2552 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2553 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2561 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2562 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2563 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2565 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2566 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2571 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2574 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2576 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2578 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2580 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2583 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2584 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2586 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2587 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2588 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2591 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2593 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2596 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2599 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2602 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2606 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2608 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2610 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2613 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2615 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2616 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2619 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2621 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2622 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2625 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2627 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2628 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2629 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2630 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2631 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2632 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2633 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2634 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2635 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2636 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2637 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2638 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2640 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2643 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2647 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2650 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2654 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2655 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2656 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2657 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2658 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2659 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2661 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2664 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2667 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2670 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2675 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2678 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2681 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2684 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2688 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2691 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2695 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2698 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2702 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2704 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2707 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2710 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2712 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2713 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2714 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2715 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2718 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2720 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2721 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2722 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2723 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2726 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2728 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2729 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2730 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2735 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2737 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2738 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2739 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2741 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2742 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2743 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2744 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2747 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2749 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2751 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2753 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2754 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2755 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2761 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2764 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2765 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2766 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2772 len
= strlen (name
);
2774 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2777 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2779 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2781 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2784 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2785 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2787 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2789 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2791 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2792 && (suffix_len
== -2
2793 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2799 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2801 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2802 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2812 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2813 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2816 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2817 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2819 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2820 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2823 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2824 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2827 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2828 bed
->special_sections
,
2834 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2837 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2838 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2841 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2846 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2850 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2852 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2853 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2854 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2856 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2859 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2863 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2866 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2867 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2868 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2870 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2871 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2872 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2873 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2874 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2875 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2876 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2877 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2878 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2879 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2880 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2882 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2885 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2886 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2887 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2889 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2890 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2894 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2897 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2899 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2900 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2901 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2902 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2904 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2905 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2906 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2907 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2908 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2909 of combined data+bss.
2911 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2912 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2913 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2914 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2915 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2920 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2921 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2923 const char *type_name
)
2931 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2932 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2933 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2935 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2937 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2938 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2939 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2942 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2943 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2944 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2946 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2947 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2948 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2949 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2950 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2951 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2952 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2954 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2955 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2956 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2958 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2960 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2963 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2965 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2969 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2973 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2974 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2975 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2978 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2979 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2980 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2982 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2983 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2984 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2985 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2986 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2987 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2988 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2989 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2990 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2992 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2993 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2994 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2995 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2996 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2997 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2998 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3000 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3001 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3002 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3004 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3005 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3012 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3014 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3016 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3019 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3022 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
3025 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3028 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3031 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3033 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3039 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3042 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3044 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3045 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3049 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3052 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3055 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3056 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3057 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3061 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3065 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3067 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3069 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3070 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3073 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3077 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3079 const char *sec_name
,
3080 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3082 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3083 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3087 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3089 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3091 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3097 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3098 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3099 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3103 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3104 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3105 const char *sec_name
,
3106 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3107 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3109 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3110 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3112 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3113 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3114 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3116 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3117 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3118 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3121 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3122 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3123 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3124 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3125 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3126 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3127 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3128 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3129 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3134 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3137 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3139 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3140 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3142 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3145 struct fake_section_arg
3147 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3151 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3154 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3156 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3157 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3158 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3159 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3160 unsigned int sh_type
;
3161 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3162 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3166 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3171 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3175 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3176 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3177 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3181 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3183 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3185 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3186 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3187 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3188 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3191 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3193 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3194 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3196 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3197 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3201 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3202 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3210 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3212 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3213 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3214 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3215 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3216 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3217 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3222 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3227 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3228 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3232 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3234 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3241 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3243 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3244 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3245 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3247 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3249 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3250 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3251 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3252 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3253 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3256 /* xgettext:c-format */
3257 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3258 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3262 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3263 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3264 copy_private_section_data. */
3266 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3267 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3269 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3271 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3272 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3274 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3276 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3277 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3278 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3279 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3280 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3282 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3283 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3284 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3285 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3287 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3288 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3291 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3302 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3303 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3304 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3305 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3309 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3313 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3317 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3321 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3322 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3326 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3327 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3330 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3331 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3334 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3335 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3336 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3337 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3339 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3340 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3342 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3343 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3346 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3347 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3348 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3349 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3351 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3352 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3354 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3355 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3359 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3363 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3367 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3368 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3369 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3370 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3371 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3372 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3373 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3375 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3376 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3378 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3379 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3380 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3381 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3382 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3384 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3385 if (asect
->size
== 0
3386 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3388 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3390 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3393 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3394 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3395 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3399 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3400 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3402 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3403 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3404 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3405 create the other. */
3406 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3408 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3411 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3412 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3413 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3414 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3416 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3417 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3418 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3423 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3424 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3425 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3431 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3433 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3443 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3444 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3445 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3446 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3452 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3454 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3455 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3456 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3460 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3461 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3462 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3463 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3466 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3468 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3469 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3473 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3475 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3479 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3481 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3483 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3485 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3486 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3490 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3491 elf_section_syms. */
3492 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3493 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3495 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3497 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3499 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3500 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3501 set until all local symbols are output. */
3503 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3504 unsigned long symndx
;
3505 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3508 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3509 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3510 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3511 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3512 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3513 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3515 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3517 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3519 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3520 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3522 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3523 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3524 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3525 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3527 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3530 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3532 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3535 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3537 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3538 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3539 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3546 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3548 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3549 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3550 start of the input section group. */
3551 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3553 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3554 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3555 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3556 directives, not that it matters. */
3563 s
= s
->output_section
;
3565 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3567 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3568 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3570 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3572 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3573 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3575 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3577 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3579 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3581 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3582 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3584 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3586 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3589 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3591 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3597 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3602 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3603 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3604 relocations apply. */
3607 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3609 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3610 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3611 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3612 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3617 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3623 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3626 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3629 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3634 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3636 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3637 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3640 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3641 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3642 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3645 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3648 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3649 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3650 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3653 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3654 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3655 in here too, while we're at it. */
3658 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3660 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3662 unsigned int section_number
;
3663 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3664 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3665 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3669 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3671 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3672 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3674 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3676 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3677 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3679 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3681 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3683 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3685 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3686 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3687 abfd
->section_count
--;
3690 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3693 /* Count relocations. */
3694 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3697 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3698 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3699 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3702 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3704 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3706 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3707 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3708 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3709 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3712 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3713 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3714 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3721 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3722 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3723 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3729 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3730 || (link_info
== NULL
3731 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3735 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3736 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3737 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3739 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3741 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3743 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3744 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3745 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3747 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3748 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3749 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3752 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3753 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3756 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3757 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3758 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3760 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3762 /* xgettext:c-format */
3763 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3764 abfd
, section_number
);
3768 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3769 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3771 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3773 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3774 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3775 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3778 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3779 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3780 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3782 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3786 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3788 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3791 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3792 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3794 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3795 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3796 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3797 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3799 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3800 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3803 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3807 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3809 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3810 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3811 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3812 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3813 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3815 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3817 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3818 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3819 the relocation entries apply. */
3820 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3822 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3823 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3824 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3826 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3828 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3829 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3830 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3833 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3834 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3836 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3839 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3840 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3842 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3843 if (discarded_section (s
))
3847 /* xgettext:c-format */
3848 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3849 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3850 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3852 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3853 size as the discarded one. */
3854 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3857 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3863 s
= s
->output_section
;
3864 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3868 /* Handle objcopy. */
3869 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3872 /* xgettext:c-format */
3873 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3874 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3875 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3879 s
= s
->output_section
;
3881 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3886 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3887 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3888 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3890 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3891 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3892 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3893 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3894 /* xgettext:c-format */
3895 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3900 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3904 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3905 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3906 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3907 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3908 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3909 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3910 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3912 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3914 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3917 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3918 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3923 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3924 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3925 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3926 field to point to this section. */
3927 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3928 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3933 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3934 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3937 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3938 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3939 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3943 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3945 /* This is a .stab section. */
3946 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3947 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3948 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3955 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3956 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3957 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3958 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3960 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3962 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3965 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3966 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3967 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3968 the version strings. */
3969 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3970 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3972 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3977 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3978 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3979 this hash table or version table is for. */
3980 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3982 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3986 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3990 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3991 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3992 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3998 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4000 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4001 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4002 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4003 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4005 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4006 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
4007 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
4010 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4011 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4012 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4013 the beginning of that array.
4015 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4018 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4019 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4021 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4023 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4025 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4026 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4027 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4029 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4032 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4035 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4037 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4040 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4043 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4048 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4049 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4052 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4054 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4059 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4062 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4065 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4066 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4067 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4068 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4069 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4070 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4071 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4072 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4073 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4076 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4077 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4080 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4082 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4083 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4084 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4085 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4086 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4087 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4088 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4089 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4095 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4099 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4101 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4102 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4106 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4107 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4109 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4110 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4112 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4113 decided to output. */
4114 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4116 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4118 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4120 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4121 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4123 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4125 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4126 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4128 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4132 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4133 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4135 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4137 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4141 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4142 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4143 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4144 at least in that case. */
4145 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4147 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4149 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4156 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4157 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4158 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4160 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4163 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4165 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4168 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4169 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4170 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4175 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4177 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4179 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4181 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4184 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4185 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4188 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4190 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4194 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4196 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4200 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4201 ELF data structure. */
4203 static inline file_ptr
4204 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4206 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4209 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4210 required section alignment. */
4213 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4217 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4218 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4219 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4220 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4221 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4222 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4223 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4227 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4228 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4229 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4232 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4233 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4235 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4236 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4238 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4239 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4240 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4242 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4245 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4246 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4247 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4249 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4252 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4253 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4255 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4256 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4257 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4261 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4264 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4265 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4266 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4267 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4271 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4272 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4274 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4279 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4281 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4286 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4287 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4288 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4289 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4290 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4291 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4292 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4293 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4294 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4295 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4296 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4298 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4304 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4306 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4308 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4309 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4311 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4313 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4314 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4315 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4316 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4319 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4320 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4322 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4324 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4326 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4327 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4329 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4332 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4337 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4338 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4340 static bfd_size_type
4341 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4345 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4347 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4348 and one for data. */
4351 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4352 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4354 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4355 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4356 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4361 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4363 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4367 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4369 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4373 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4375 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4379 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4381 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4385 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4386 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4387 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4389 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4393 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4395 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4396 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4398 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4399 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4401 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4402 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4403 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4404 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4405 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4406 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4407 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4408 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4409 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4410 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4415 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4417 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4419 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4425 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4427 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4429 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4430 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4431 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4432 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4434 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4438 /* xgettext:c-format */
4439 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIN section `%pA' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4440 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4443 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4444 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4445 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4450 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4451 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4455 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4461 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4464 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4467 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4469 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4470 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4472 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4478 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4479 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4486 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4488 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4489 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4490 asection
**sections
,
4495 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4500 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4501 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4502 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4506 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4507 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4508 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4509 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4511 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4513 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4514 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4515 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4521 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4524 struct elf_segment_map
*
4525 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4527 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4529 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4530 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4534 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4536 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4541 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4544 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4545 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4546 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4548 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4549 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4551 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4552 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4553 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4554 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4556 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4559 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4561 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4563 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4564 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4565 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4567 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4571 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4573 if (remove_empty_load
4574 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4576 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4582 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4583 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4585 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4592 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4593 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4595 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4598 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4601 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4602 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4603 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4604 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4606 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4609 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4611 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4615 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4616 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4619 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4620 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4622 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4623 bfd_boolean writable
;
4624 bfd_boolean executable
;
4626 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4627 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4628 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4630 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4631 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
4633 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4635 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4636 sizeof (asection
*));
4637 if (sections
== NULL
)
4640 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4641 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4643 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4644 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4647 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4649 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4653 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4654 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4655 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4658 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4661 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4663 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4664 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4665 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4666 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4667 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4668 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4670 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4672 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4673 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4674 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4675 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4676 been left for them. */
4677 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4679 /* Build the mapping. */
4683 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4684 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4686 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4687 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4689 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4690 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4694 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4696 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4697 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4698 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4702 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4703 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4707 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4715 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4716 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4717 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4723 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4725 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4728 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4729 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4731 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4732 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4733 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4734 program headers we will need. */
4735 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4738 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4740 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4742 && info
->separate_code
4743 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4745 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4746 thus not executable, and the first section is
4747 executable then put the file and program headers in
4748 their own PT_LOAD. */
4749 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4750 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4751 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4753 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4754 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4755 previous page if we can. */
4756 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4757 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4759 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4762 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4763 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4764 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4765 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4766 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4767 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4768 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4769 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4771 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4772 else if (separate_phdr
)
4774 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4777 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
;
4779 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4780 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4783 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4787 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4790 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4794 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4797 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4799 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4800 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4801 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4803 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4805 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4806 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4810 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4811 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4813 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4814 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4817 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4818 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4819 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4821 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4822 pages onto the same memory page. */
4823 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4825 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4826 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4827 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4828 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4829 section can be included in the current segment. */
4830 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4831 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4832 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4833 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4835 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4836 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4839 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4840 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4842 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4843 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4844 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4845 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4848 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4850 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4851 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4852 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4853 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4855 else if (info
!= NULL
4856 && info
->separate_code
4857 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4862 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4864 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4870 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4871 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4874 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4875 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4877 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4879 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4885 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4887 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4890 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4891 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4895 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4896 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4898 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4905 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4910 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4916 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4917 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4919 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4922 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4924 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4925 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4926 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4928 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4936 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4939 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4946 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4947 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4948 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4949 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4950 in the output file. */
4951 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4953 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4954 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4957 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4960 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4962 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4963 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4964 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
4965 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
,
4972 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4973 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
4974 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4978 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4982 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4983 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4986 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4987 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4991 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4997 if (first_mbind
== NULL
4998 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5002 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5005 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5006 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5007 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5012 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5013 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5015 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5017 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
5019 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5022 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5025 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
5027 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5029 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5033 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5036 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5047 if (first_mbind
&& (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5048 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5049 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5050 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
5051 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
))
5053 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5054 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5055 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5057 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5060 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5061 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5065 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5066 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5068 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5070 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5076 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5077 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5078 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5080 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5081 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5085 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5087 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5094 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5096 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5097 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5098 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5100 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5101 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5105 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5107 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5113 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5115 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5116 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5120 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5121 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5122 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5123 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5124 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5125 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5127 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5128 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5135 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5137 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5139 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5141 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5142 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5145 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5146 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5147 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5150 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5155 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5158 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5159 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5163 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5170 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5173 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5176 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5178 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5183 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5188 /* Sort sections by address. */
5191 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5193 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5194 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5195 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5197 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5198 place the section into a segment. */
5199 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5201 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5204 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5205 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5206 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5208 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5211 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5213 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5219 /* If the indices are the same, do not return 0
5220 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5221 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
5222 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5227 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5232 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5233 before others at the same address. */
5235 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5236 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5243 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5246 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5248 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5249 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5250 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5251 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5252 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5255 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5256 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5258 /* In other words, something like:
5260 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5261 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5262 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5263 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5265 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5267 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5270 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5272 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5273 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5275 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5279 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5282 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5287 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5288 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5289 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5290 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5291 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5292 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5294 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5295 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5299 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5300 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5301 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5307 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5312 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5314 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5317 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5322 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5323 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5327 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5328 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5330 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5331 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5332 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5333 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5335 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5336 unsigned int pt_load_count
= 0;
5339 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5341 if (link_info
== NULL
5342 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5346 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5350 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5355 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5356 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5360 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5361 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5362 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5365 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5367 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5368 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5370 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5371 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5375 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5379 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5380 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5381 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5382 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5383 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5385 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5386 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5387 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5388 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5390 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5392 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5393 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5394 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5399 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5400 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5402 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5403 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5404 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5410 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5412 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5416 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5418 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5419 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5420 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5421 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5422 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5424 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5425 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5426 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5429 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5430 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5431 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5432 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5433 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5434 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5435 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5438 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5440 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5442 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5443 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5444 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5447 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5449 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5450 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5452 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5453 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5454 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5455 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5456 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5457 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5458 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5460 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5461 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5463 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5466 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5467 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5468 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5469 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5473 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5475 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5478 bfd_size_type align
;
5479 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5481 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5485 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5487 unsigned int secalign
;
5489 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5490 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5491 align_power
= secalign
;
5493 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5494 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5495 align
= maxpagesize
;
5498 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5499 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5500 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5501 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5502 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5503 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5505 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5508 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5509 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5511 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5515 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5517 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5518 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5520 if (pt_load_count
> 1
5521 && bed
->no_page_alias
5522 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5523 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5524 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5528 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5529 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5530 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5531 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5532 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5533 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5534 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5535 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5540 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5541 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5542 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5544 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5547 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5548 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5550 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5553 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5554 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5555 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5556 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5562 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5564 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5566 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5567 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5570 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5571 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5572 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5575 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5576 " try linking with -N"),
5578 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5583 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5588 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5590 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5593 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5595 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5599 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5600 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5601 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5605 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5606 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5609 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5610 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5614 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5615 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5617 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5623 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5625 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5626 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5630 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5631 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5632 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5633 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5634 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5635 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5638 bfd_size_type align
;
5639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5642 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5643 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5645 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5646 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5647 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5648 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5649 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5650 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5652 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5653 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5654 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5655 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5659 || p_end
< p_start
))
5662 /* xgettext:c-format */
5663 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5664 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
, (uint64_t) p_end
);
5668 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5670 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5672 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5674 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5675 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5677 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5678 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5682 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5686 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5688 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5692 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5693 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5694 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5700 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5709 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5711 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5712 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5713 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5715 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5716 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5717 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5719 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5720 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5721 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5722 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5723 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5724 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5726 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5728 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5731 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5733 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5734 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5735 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5736 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5737 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5738 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5740 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5742 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5743 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5745 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5747 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5748 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5751 if (align
> p
->p_align
5752 && !m
->p_align_valid
5753 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5754 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5758 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5761 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5763 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5770 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5771 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5772 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5774 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5776 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5777 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5778 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5779 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5780 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5781 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5783 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5788 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5790 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5793 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5794 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5795 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5796 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5799 /* xgettext:c-format */
5800 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5802 print_segment_map (m
);
5808 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5812 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5815 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5816 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5818 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5819 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5820 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5821 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5822 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5823 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5824 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5825 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5826 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5830 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5831 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5832 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5833 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5838 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5839 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5840 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5841 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5842 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5843 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5845 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5847 /* xgettext:c-format */
5848 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5850 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5852 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5853 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5854 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5855 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5858 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5860 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5863 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5864 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5865 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5866 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5867 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5868 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5869 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5870 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5871 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5872 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5873 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5875 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5878 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5879 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5883 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5885 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5886 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5887 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5890 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5893 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5895 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5896 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5898 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5900 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5901 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5902 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5905 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5906 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5911 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5913 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5914 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5915 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5917 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5918 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5919 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5920 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5922 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5923 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5924 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5925 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5928 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5929 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5930 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5932 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5933 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5942 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5943 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5947 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5948 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5951 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5952 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5957 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5959 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5964 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5966 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5967 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
5968 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
5969 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
5970 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
5972 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5974 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
5976 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
5977 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
;
5988 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5989 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5992 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
5994 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5996 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5998 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6000 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6001 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6002 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
6004 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6010 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6011 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6013 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6022 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
;
6023 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
;
6024 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6025 p
->p_memsz
= end
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6026 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6028 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6029 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6030 In cases where the end does not match any
6031 loaded section (for instance is in file
6032 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6033 the end of loaded section contents. */
6034 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6035 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6037 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6038 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6039 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6040 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6041 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6043 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6045 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6051 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6054 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6056 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6058 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6059 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6061 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6065 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6066 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6067 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6069 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6070 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6071 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6077 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6079 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6081 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6082 "and/or program header"),
6083 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6088 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6089 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6091 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6093 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6095 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6102 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
6104 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6105 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
6106 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
6108 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
6110 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
6111 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
6112 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
6116 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6121 static elf_section_list
*
6122 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6124 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6130 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6131 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6132 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6134 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6135 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
6136 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
6137 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
6138 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
6139 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
6140 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6142 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6145 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6146 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6148 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6149 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6150 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6152 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6153 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6155 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6156 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6157 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6161 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6162 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6164 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6165 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6166 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6167 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6169 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6172 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6173 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6174 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6175 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
6176 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6177 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6178 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6179 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6180 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6181 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6183 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6186 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6189 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6195 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6196 assignment of sections to segments. */
6197 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6200 /* And for non-load sections. */
6201 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6204 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
6206 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6210 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6211 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6213 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
6214 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6215 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6217 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6218 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6219 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6220 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6221 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6223 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6224 segments is non-zero. */
6226 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6229 /* Write out the program headers. */
6230 alloc
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
6234 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6235 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6236 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6237 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6238 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6239 catch all real world use cases.
6241 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6242 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6243 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6244 changed or the programs updated. */
6246 && tdata
->phdr
[0].p_type
== PT_PHDR
6247 && (bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
== NULL
6248 || !bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
,
6250 && tdata
->phdr
[1].p_type
== PT_LOAD
6251 && (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
> tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
6252 || (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[1].p_memsz
6253 < tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[0].p_memsz
)))
6255 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6256 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6257 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6258 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
6259 " by LOAD segment"),
6264 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6265 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6273 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
6275 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6276 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6277 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6279 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6281 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6282 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6285 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6287 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6288 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6289 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6290 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6292 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6293 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6294 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6295 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6297 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6298 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6299 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6300 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6301 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6302 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6304 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6306 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6308 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6309 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6312 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6313 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6314 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6315 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6316 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6317 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6318 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6319 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6321 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6324 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6325 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6327 /* No program header, for now. */
6328 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6329 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6330 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6332 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6333 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6334 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6336 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6337 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
6338 /* It all happens later. */
6342 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6343 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6346 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6347 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6348 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6349 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6350 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6351 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6352 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6353 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6354 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6360 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6361 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6364 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6367 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6369 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6372 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6374 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6375 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6376 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6379 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6381 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6382 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6383 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6385 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6389 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6390 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6392 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6393 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6397 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6398 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6400 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6401 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6403 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6404 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6408 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6409 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6412 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6414 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6416 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6418 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6423 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6428 /* Update section size and contents. */
6429 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6430 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6431 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6433 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6440 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6442 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6443 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6444 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6445 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6447 /* Place the section headers. */
6448 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6449 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6450 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6451 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6452 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6453 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6459 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6461 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6462 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6464 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6465 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6467 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6468 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6470 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6471 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6472 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6473 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6475 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6476 already been written to the BFD. */
6477 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6479 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6483 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6486 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6490 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6493 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6494 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6495 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6497 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6498 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6499 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6500 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6501 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6503 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6505 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6507 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6508 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6513 /* Write out the section header names. */
6514 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6515 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6516 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6517 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6520 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6521 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6523 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6526 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6527 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6528 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6534 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6536 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6537 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6540 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6543 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6545 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6546 unsigned int sec_index
;
6548 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6549 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6550 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6552 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6553 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6554 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6555 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6556 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6557 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6559 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6561 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6562 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6564 int retval
= sec_index
;
6566 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6570 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6571 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6576 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6580 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6582 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6584 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6586 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6587 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6588 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6589 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6590 input sections rather than the output section. */
6591 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6592 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6593 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6598 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6599 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6600 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6601 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6602 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6603 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6604 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6607 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6611 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6612 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6614 /* xgettext:c-format */
6615 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6616 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6617 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6624 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6625 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6633 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6636 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6638 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6639 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6640 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6641 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6642 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6645 unsigned int num_segments
;
6646 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6647 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6648 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6649 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6650 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6651 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6653 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6654 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6657 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6659 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6660 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6662 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6663 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6664 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6665 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6667 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6668 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6669 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6670 ? section->size : 0)
6672 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6673 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6674 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6675 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6676 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6677 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6679 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6680 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6681 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6682 (section->lma >= base \
6683 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) >= section->lma) \
6684 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6685 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6687 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6688 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6689 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6690 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6691 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6692 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6693 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6695 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6697 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6699 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6703 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6704 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6705 p_memsz set to 0. */
6706 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6708 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6709 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6710 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6711 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6713 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6714 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6715 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6717 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6718 A section will be included if:
6719 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6720 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6721 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6723 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6724 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6725 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6726 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6727 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6728 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6729 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6730 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6731 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6732 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6733 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6734 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6735 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6736 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6737 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6738 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6739 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6740 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6741 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6742 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6743 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6744 || (segment->p_paddr \
6745 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6746 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6747 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6749 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6751 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6752 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6753 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6754 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6755 && section->output_section != NULL)
6757 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6758 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6759 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6761 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6762 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6763 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6764 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6765 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6767 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6768 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6769 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6770 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6771 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6773 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6774 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6775 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6777 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6778 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6779 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6780 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6781 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6782 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6785 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6787 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6791 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6792 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6793 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6794 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6795 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6800 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6802 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6803 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6804 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6806 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6807 assignment code will work. */
6808 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6812 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6814 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6815 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6816 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6820 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6821 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6823 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6825 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6826 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6829 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6830 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6832 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6834 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6835 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6837 if (extra_length
> 0)
6839 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6840 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6843 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6845 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6847 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6852 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6854 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6855 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6857 if (extra_length
> 0)
6859 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6860 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6863 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6868 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6869 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6873 unsigned int section_count
;
6874 asection
**sections
;
6875 asection
*output_section
;
6877 asection
*matching_lma
;
6878 asection
*suggested_lma
;
6881 asection
*first_section
;
6883 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6886 first_section
= NULL
;
6887 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6888 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6890 section
= section
->next
)
6892 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6893 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6894 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6896 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6897 first_section
= section
;
6898 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6903 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6904 all of the sections we have selected. */
6905 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
6906 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
6907 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6911 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6912 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6914 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6915 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6916 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6918 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6919 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6921 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6923 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6924 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6927 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6928 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6929 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6930 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6931 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6933 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6935 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6936 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6937 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6938 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6939 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6941 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6942 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6945 if (section_count
== 0)
6947 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6948 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6949 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6950 a warning is produced.
6951 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6952 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6953 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6954 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6955 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
6956 /* xgettext:c-format */
6958 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
6959 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
6960 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
6962 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6964 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6965 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6970 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6971 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6972 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6973 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6975 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6976 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6979 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6980 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6981 of the first section.
6983 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6984 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6985 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6986 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6987 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6989 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6990 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6991 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6992 or segments to contain the other sections.
6994 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6995 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6996 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6998 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6999 if (sections
== NULL
)
7002 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7003 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7004 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7005 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7006 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7009 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7010 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7012 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7014 section
= section
->next
)
7016 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7018 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7020 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7022 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7023 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7024 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7025 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7027 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7028 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7030 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7031 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7032 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7033 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7034 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7035 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7037 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7038 == output_section
->vma
))
7039 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7041 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7042 LMA address of the output section. */
7043 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7044 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7045 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7046 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
7048 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7049 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7050 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7052 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7053 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7055 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7057 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7058 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7060 if (j
== section_count
)
7065 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7067 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7069 if (isec
== section_count
)
7071 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7072 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7073 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7074 program header in the input BFD. */
7075 map
->count
= section_count
;
7076 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7077 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7080 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7081 && matching_lma
->lma
!= map
->p_paddr
7082 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7083 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
7084 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
7085 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
7087 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= map
->p_paddr
- matching_lma
->lma
;
7094 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7095 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7096 section fitted, the first section. */
7097 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7098 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7100 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
;
7102 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7103 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7104 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7106 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7108 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7109 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7110 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7111 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7112 offset when we know the correct value. */
7113 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7114 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7117 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7119 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7120 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7121 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7122 first section lma, but there may have been some
7123 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7124 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7125 the same alignment. */
7126 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7127 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7128 map
->p_paddr
&= -align
;
7132 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7133 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7134 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7135 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7136 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7137 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7143 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7145 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7146 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7148 section
= sections
[j
];
7150 if (section
== NULL
)
7153 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7155 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7157 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7158 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7160 if (map
->count
== 0)
7162 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7163 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7165 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7166 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7167 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7168 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7169 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7171 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7172 != output_section
->lma
)
7179 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7181 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7182 and the start of this section is more than
7183 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7184 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7186 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7187 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7188 > output_section
->lma
))
7190 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7191 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7197 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7200 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7201 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7203 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7204 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7207 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7208 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7209 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections. */
7210 if (map
->count
== 0)
7212 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7217 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7218 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7219 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7221 if (isec
< section_count
)
7223 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7224 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7225 and carry on looping. */
7226 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7227 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7228 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7235 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7236 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7237 not yet been assigned. */
7239 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7240 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7241 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7242 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
;
7243 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7244 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7245 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7248 while (isec
< section_count
);
7253 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7255 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7256 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7257 the offset if necessary. */
7258 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7262 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7265 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7266 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7267 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7269 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7270 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7273 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7274 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7281 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7282 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7284 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7285 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7286 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7287 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7288 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7289 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7293 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7296 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7298 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7299 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7300 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7301 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7302 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7304 unsigned int num_segments
;
7305 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7306 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7308 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7311 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7313 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7314 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7315 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7316 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7317 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7320 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7322 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7326 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7331 unsigned int section_count
;
7333 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7334 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7335 asection
*lowest_section
;
7336 bfd_boolean no_contents
= TRUE
;
7338 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7339 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7341 section
= section
->next
)
7343 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7344 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7346 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7347 first_section
= section
;
7348 if (elf_section_type (section
) != SHT_NOBITS
)
7349 no_contents
= FALSE
;
7354 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7355 all of the sections we have selected. */
7356 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7357 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7358 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7362 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7365 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7366 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7367 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7368 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7369 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7370 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7371 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7372 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7374 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7375 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7377 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7378 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7379 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7380 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7381 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7383 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7384 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7387 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7388 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7389 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7390 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7392 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7393 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7395 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7396 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7397 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7398 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7399 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7401 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7402 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7405 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7406 if (section_count
!= 0)
7408 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7410 for (section
= first_section
;
7412 section
= section
->next
)
7414 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7415 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7417 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7418 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7422 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7423 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7424 lowest_section
= section
;
7426 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7427 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7428 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7429 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7431 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7432 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7434 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7435 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7436 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7438 if (isec
== section_count
)
7444 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7446 /* Try to keep the space used by the headers plus any
7447 padding fixed. If there are sections with file contents
7448 in this segment then the lowest sh_offset is the best
7449 guess. Otherwise the segment only has file contents for
7450 the headers, and p_filesz is the best guess. */
7452 map
->header_size
= segment
->p_filesz
;
7454 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->filepos
;
7457 if (section_count
== 0)
7458 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7459 else if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7460 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7461 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7462 /* Account for padding before the first section. */
7463 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= (segment
->p_paddr
7464 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7466 map
->count
= section_count
;
7467 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7468 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7471 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7475 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7479 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7481 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7482 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7485 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7488 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7490 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7491 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7492 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7493 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7494 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7495 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7496 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7498 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7500 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7501 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7504 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7505 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7506 section
= section
->next
)
7507 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7509 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7510 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7514 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7515 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7516 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7517 map in this case. */
7518 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7519 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7520 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7523 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7524 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7526 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7527 from the input BFD. */
7528 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7530 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7532 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7533 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7534 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7536 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7537 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7539 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7540 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7541 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7542 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7543 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7544 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7550 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7552 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7553 section
= section
->next
)
7555 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7558 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7561 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7565 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7567 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7568 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7569 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7571 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7572 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7574 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7577 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7578 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7580 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7581 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7582 /* xgettext:c-format */
7583 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7584 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7585 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7587 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7590 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7591 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7594 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7597 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7600 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7604 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7607 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7608 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7609 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7611 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7612 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7615 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7617 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7618 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7619 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7620 that the linker clears to differ. */
7621 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7622 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7624 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7625 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7626 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7628 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7629 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7630 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7632 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7633 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7634 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7635 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7637 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7638 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7639 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7640 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7641 if ((link_info
== NULL
7642 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7643 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7644 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7646 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7647 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7648 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7649 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7652 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7653 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7654 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7657 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7659 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7660 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7661 may be NULL at this point. */
7662 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7664 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7665 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7666 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7669 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7674 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7675 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7678 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7683 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7685 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7686 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7689 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7690 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7692 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7694 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7695 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7696 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7697 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7698 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7700 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7704 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7705 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7706 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7707 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7708 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7712 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7716 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7717 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7719 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7720 asection
*s
= first
;
7721 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7725 /* If this member section is being output but the
7726 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7727 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7728 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7729 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7731 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7732 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7734 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7735 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7736 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7737 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7739 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7741 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7742 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7744 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7745 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7748 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7754 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7756 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7757 adjust the input section size. */
7758 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7759 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7760 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7761 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7764 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7769 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7771 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7772 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7774 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7775 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7784 /* Copy private header information. */
7787 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7789 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7790 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7793 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7794 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7795 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7796 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7797 already been worked out. */
7798 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7800 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7804 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7807 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7808 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7809 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7810 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7811 swap_out_syms function. */
7813 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7814 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7815 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7816 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7817 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7820 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7825 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7827 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7828 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7831 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7832 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7835 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7837 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7841 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7842 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7843 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7844 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7845 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7846 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7848 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7849 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7850 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7851 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7852 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7858 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7861 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7862 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7865 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7868 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7869 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7870 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7871 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7872 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7873 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7874 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7875 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7876 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7878 unsigned int num_locals
;
7880 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7882 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7885 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7886 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7890 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7891 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7892 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7893 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7894 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7895 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7896 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7897 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7899 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7900 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7902 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7903 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
+ 1,
7904 sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7905 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7907 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7911 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7912 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7913 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7916 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7920 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7921 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7923 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7924 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7926 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7928 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7929 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7931 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7932 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7933 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7934 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7937 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7938 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7939 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7940 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7941 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7943 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7946 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7948 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7949 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7955 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7956 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7957 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7958 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7959 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7960 outbound_syms_index
++;
7961 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7962 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7966 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7967 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7969 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7970 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7972 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7973 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7974 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7975 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7978 if (!name_local_sections
7979 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7981 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7982 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7986 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7987 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7989 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7991 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7995 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7997 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7998 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8000 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8001 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8002 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8003 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8004 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8005 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8006 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8008 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8009 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8010 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8014 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8017 if (sec
->output_section
)
8019 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8020 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8023 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8024 if (! relocatable_p
)
8026 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8027 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8029 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8031 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8033 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8034 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8035 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8036 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8040 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8043 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8046 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8049 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8052 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8053 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8062 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8064 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8068 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8069 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8070 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8071 demand of applications. For example, it
8072 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8073 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8074 actually in the output file. */
8075 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8077 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8078 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8080 /* xgettext:c-format */
8082 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8083 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8084 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8086 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8092 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8095 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8097 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8098 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8099 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8101 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8103 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8105 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8110 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8113 /* Processor-specific types. */
8114 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8115 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8116 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8117 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8119 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8121 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8122 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8124 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8126 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8128 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8130 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8131 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8132 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8134 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8135 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8137 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8139 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8140 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8144 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8145 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8148 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8150 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8152 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8153 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8154 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8156 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8159 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8162 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8164 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8165 sym
.st_target_internal
8166 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8171 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8175 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8176 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8177 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8179 outbound_syms_index
++;
8180 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8181 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8184 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8185 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8187 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8188 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8190 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8191 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8192 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8194 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8195 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8196 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8198 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8199 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8201 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8202 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8207 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8208 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8209 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8210 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8211 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8212 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8213 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8214 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8219 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8221 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8222 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8223 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8226 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8228 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8230 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8232 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8233 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8235 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8238 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8240 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8246 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8248 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8250 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8252 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8254 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8258 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8259 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8261 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8264 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8266 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8271 #if GCC_VERSION >= 4003
8272 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
8273 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"
8276 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8280 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8282 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8285 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8287 #if GCC_VERSION >= 4003
8288 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
8291 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8294 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8301 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8303 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8306 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8307 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8308 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8312 return section
->reloc_count
;
8316 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8318 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8319 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8322 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8327 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8328 asymbol
**allocation
)
8330 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8331 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8334 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8338 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8339 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8340 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8341 dynamic reloc section. */
8344 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8346 bfd_size_type count
;
8349 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8351 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8356 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8357 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8358 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8359 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8361 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8362 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8364 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8368 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8371 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8372 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8373 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8374 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8375 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8376 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8377 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8380 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8384 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8388 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8390 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8394 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8396 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8398 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8399 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8400 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8405 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8407 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8409 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8420 /* Read in the version information. */
8423 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8425 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8426 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8428 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8430 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8431 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8432 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8434 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8436 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8438 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8439 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8441 error_return_bad_verref
:
8443 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8444 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8445 error_return_verref
:
8446 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8447 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8451 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8452 if (contents
== NULL
)
8453 goto error_return_verref
;
8455 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8456 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8457 goto error_return_verref
;
8459 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8460 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8462 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8463 goto error_return_verref
;
8465 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8466 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8467 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8468 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8469 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8470 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8472 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8473 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8476 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8478 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8480 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8481 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8483 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8484 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8486 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8487 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8490 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8491 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8492 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8493 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8494 goto error_return_verref
;
8497 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8498 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8499 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8501 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8502 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8503 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8504 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8506 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8508 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8509 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8510 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8511 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8512 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8514 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8515 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8517 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8518 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8520 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8523 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8524 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8526 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8527 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8528 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8530 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8531 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8534 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8535 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8537 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8538 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8540 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8541 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8542 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8544 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8545 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8547 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8553 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8555 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8556 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8557 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8558 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8559 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8561 unsigned int maxidx
;
8562 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8564 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8566 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8568 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8570 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8571 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8572 error_return_verdef
:
8573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8578 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8579 if (contents
== NULL
)
8580 goto error_return_verdef
;
8581 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8582 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8583 goto error_return_verdef
;
8585 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8586 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8587 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8588 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8589 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8590 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8592 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8593 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8595 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8597 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8599 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8601 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8602 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8603 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8604 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8606 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8609 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8610 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8611 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8613 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8614 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8617 if (default_imported_symver
)
8619 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8625 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8626 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8627 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8628 goto error_return_verdef
;
8630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8632 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8633 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8634 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8636 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8637 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8640 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8642 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8643 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8645 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8646 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8648 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8650 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8651 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8654 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8655 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8656 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8657 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8658 goto error_return_verdef
;
8662 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8663 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8665 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8666 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8667 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8668 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8670 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8672 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8673 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8674 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8675 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8676 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8678 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8679 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8681 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8684 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8685 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8687 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8688 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8689 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8691 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8692 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8695 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8696 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8697 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8699 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8700 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8702 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8703 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8705 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8706 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8712 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8719 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8720 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8721 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8724 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8727 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8728 if (default_imported_symver
)
8730 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8731 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8733 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8735 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8736 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8737 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8738 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8740 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8742 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8743 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8744 goto error_return_verdef
;
8745 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8746 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8747 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8748 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8749 goto error_return_verdef
;
8751 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8752 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8758 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8764 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8766 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8768 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8771 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8772 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8776 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8780 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8783 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8784 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8788 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8791 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8792 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8795 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8796 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8797 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8800 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8801 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8802 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8803 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8804 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8805 we treat such symbols as local. */
8806 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8809 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8810 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8811 These labels have the form:
8813 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8815 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8817 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8818 so we only need to match the rest. */
8819 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8821 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8825 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8827 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8829 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8830 /* A fake symbol. */
8833 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8834 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8835 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8836 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8837 other than some kind of local ? */
8854 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8855 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8862 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8863 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8864 unsigned long machine
)
8866 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8867 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8868 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8869 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8870 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8873 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8876 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8877 for error reporting. */
8880 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8884 const char **filename_ptr
,
8885 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8886 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8887 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8891 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8892 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8893 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8894 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8895 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8896 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8897 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8900 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8901 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8902 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8907 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8908 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8909 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8910 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8912 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8915 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8918 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8919 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8926 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8929 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8930 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8932 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8933 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8934 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8935 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8938 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8939 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8940 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8941 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8942 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8945 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8946 const char **filename_ptr
,
8947 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8948 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8951 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8952 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8953 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8958 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8960 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8961 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8963 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8965 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8967 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8969 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8972 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8973 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8976 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8979 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8987 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8989 const void *location
,
8991 bfd_size_type count
)
8993 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8996 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8997 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9003 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9004 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9006 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
9007 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9008 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
9009 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
9010 || contents
== NULL
)
9012 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9015 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9016 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9017 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9024 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9025 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9026 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9032 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9035 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9037 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9039 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9041 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9042 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9044 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9045 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9047 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9049 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9052 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9055 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9058 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9061 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9064 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9067 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9073 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9075 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9077 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9078 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9080 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9085 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9091 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9094 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9097 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9100 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9103 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9109 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9113 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9121 /* xgettext:c-format */
9122 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9123 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9124 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9129 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9131 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9132 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9134 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9135 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9136 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9139 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9142 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9143 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9144 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9147 bfd_reloc_status_type
9148 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9149 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9150 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9151 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9152 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9154 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9157 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9158 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9159 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9160 out details about the corefile. */
9162 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9163 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9164 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9165 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9168 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9169 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9172 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9176 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9178 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9183 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9184 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9185 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9189 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9193 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9196 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9200 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9201 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9202 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9206 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9207 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9208 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9209 such a section already exists.
9210 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9211 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9212 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9214 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9220 char *threaded_name
;
9224 /* Build the section name. */
9226 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9227 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9228 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9229 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9231 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9233 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9238 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9239 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9241 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9244 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9246 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9250 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9253 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9258 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9262 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9263 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9264 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9266 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9267 has already been set by another thread. */
9268 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9269 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9270 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9273 /* pr_who exists on:
9276 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9279 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9280 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9282 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9285 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9286 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9288 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9289 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9291 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9292 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9293 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9295 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9296 has already been set by another thread. */
9297 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9298 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9299 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9300 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9302 /* pr_who exists on:
9305 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9308 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9309 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9311 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9314 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9317 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9318 note size (ie. data object type). */
9322 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9323 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9324 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9326 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9328 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9330 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9332 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9334 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9335 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9338 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9339 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9340 data structure apart. */
9343 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9345 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9348 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9349 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9353 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9355 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9358 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9359 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9360 contents literally. */
9363 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9365 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9369 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9371 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9375 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9377 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9381 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9383 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9387 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9389 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9393 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9395 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9399 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9401 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9405 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9407 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9411 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9413 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9417 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9419 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9423 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9425 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9429 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9431 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9435 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9437 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9441 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9443 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9447 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9449 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9453 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9455 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9459 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9461 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9465 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9467 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9471 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9473 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9477 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9479 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9483 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9485 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9489 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9491 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9495 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9497 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9501 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9503 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9507 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9509 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9513 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9515 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9519 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9521 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9525 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9527 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9531 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9533 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9537 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9539 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9543 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9545 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9549 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9551 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9555 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9557 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9561 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9563 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9567 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9569 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9572 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9573 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9574 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9575 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9579 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9580 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9581 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9582 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9586 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9587 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9588 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9591 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9594 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9602 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9606 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9612 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9614 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9616 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9618 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9620 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9622 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9623 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9625 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9626 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9627 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9630 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9631 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9633 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9634 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9636 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9637 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9639 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9641 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9642 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9644 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9645 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9646 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9648 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9649 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9650 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9656 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9657 note size (ie. data object type). */
9661 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9662 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9663 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9666 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9667 int n
= strlen (command
);
9669 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9670 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9675 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9677 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9679 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9681 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9682 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9683 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9689 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9691 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9693 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9694 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9696 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9699 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9701 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9704 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9705 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9706 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9710 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9712 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9714 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9716 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9722 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9723 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9724 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9729 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9732 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9734 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9735 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9737 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9739 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9740 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9741 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9744 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9746 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9750 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9751 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9752 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9753 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9756 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9757 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9758 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9761 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9763 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9766 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9768 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9769 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9770 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9773 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9775 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9779 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9780 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9781 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9782 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9785 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9786 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9787 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9790 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9792 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9794 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9797 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9804 int is_active_thread
;
9807 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9810 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9813 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9817 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9818 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9819 /* process_info.pid */
9820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9821 /* process_info.signal */
9822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9825 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9826 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9827 /* thread_info.tid */
9828 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9830 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9831 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9835 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9837 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9841 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9843 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9844 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9845 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9847 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9848 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9850 if (is_active_thread
)
9851 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9855 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9856 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9857 /* module_info.base_address */
9858 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9859 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9861 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9862 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9866 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9868 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9873 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9874 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9875 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9886 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9888 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9896 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9897 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9899 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9900 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9905 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9907 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9910 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9912 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9915 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9916 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9918 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9919 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9921 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9922 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9923 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9924 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9928 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9929 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9930 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9931 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9936 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9937 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9938 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9943 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9944 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9945 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9950 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9951 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9952 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
9957 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9958 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9959 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
9964 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9965 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9966 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
9971 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9972 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9973 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
9978 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9979 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9980 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
9984 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
9985 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9986 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9987 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
9991 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
9992 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9993 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9994 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
9998 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
9999 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10000 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10001 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10005 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10006 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10007 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10008 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10012 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10013 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10014 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10015 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10019 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10020 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10021 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10022 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10026 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10027 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10028 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10029 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10033 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10034 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10035 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10036 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10040 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10041 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10042 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10043 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10047 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10048 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10049 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10050 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10054 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10055 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10056 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10057 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10061 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10062 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10063 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10064 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10069 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10070 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10071 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10075 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10076 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10077 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10078 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10082 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10083 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10084 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10085 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10089 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10090 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10091 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10092 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10097 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10098 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10099 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10103 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10104 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10105 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10106 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10110 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10111 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10112 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10113 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10117 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10118 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10119 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10120 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10124 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10125 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10126 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10127 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10132 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10133 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10134 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10139 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10140 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10141 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10145 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10146 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10147 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10148 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10152 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10153 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10154 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10155 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10160 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10161 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10162 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10166 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10167 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10168 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10169 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10175 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10176 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10178 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10179 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10186 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10191 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10192 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10193 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10199 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10203 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10210 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10212 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10214 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10217 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10218 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10221 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10222 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10223 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10229 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10231 switch (note
->type
)
10236 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10237 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10239 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10240 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10245 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10247 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10248 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10249 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10251 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10252 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10253 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10255 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10261 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10263 switch (note
->type
)
10266 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10274 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10278 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10281 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10286 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10294 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10295 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10300 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10301 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10305 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10309 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10310 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10311 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10314 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10315 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10316 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10319 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10322 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10323 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10326 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10327 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10333 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10339 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10340 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10341 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10345 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10349 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10350 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10357 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10360 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10361 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10364 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10365 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10366 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10368 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10373 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10377 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10380 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10381 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10382 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10383 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10386 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10387 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10388 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10391 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10392 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10395 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10396 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10399 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10400 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10401 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10405 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10407 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10409 switch (note
->type
)
10412 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10413 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10415 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10418 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10421 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10423 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10424 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10425 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10429 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10430 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10433 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10434 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10437 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10438 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10441 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10443 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10448 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 4;
10449 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 4;
10450 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10455 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10456 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10457 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10461 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10462 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10466 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10474 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10478 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10481 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10488 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10490 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10493 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10494 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10495 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10497 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10498 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10499 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10501 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10502 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10503 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10505 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10510 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10514 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10515 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10517 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
10519 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10520 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10521 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10522 creates a core file. */
10524 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10527 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
10528 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10529 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10532 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10536 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10538 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10539 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10541 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10542 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10543 switch (note
->type
)
10545 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10546 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10548 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10549 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10555 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10556 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10559 switch (note
->type
)
10561 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10562 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10564 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10565 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10575 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10577 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10580 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10581 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10582 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10584 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10585 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10586 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10588 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10589 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10590 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10596 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10598 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10599 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10601 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10602 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10604 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10605 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10607 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10608 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10610 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10612 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10617 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10618 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10619 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10624 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10626 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10631 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10632 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10633 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10642 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10644 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10651 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10654 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10655 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10657 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10658 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10660 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10661 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10663 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10664 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10666 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10667 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10670 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10671 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10672 thread just in case. */
10673 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10674 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10676 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10677 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10679 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10682 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10684 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10688 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10689 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10690 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10692 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10696 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10697 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10705 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10706 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10708 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10711 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10713 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10717 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10718 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10719 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10721 /* This is the current thread. */
10722 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10723 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10728 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10729 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10730 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10731 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10734 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10736 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10737 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10739 static long tid
= 1;
10741 switch (note
->type
)
10743 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10744 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10745 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10746 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10747 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10748 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10749 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10750 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10757 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10763 /* Use note name as section name. */
10764 len
= note
->namesz
;
10765 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10768 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10769 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10771 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10775 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10776 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10777 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10782 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10785 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10789 size of data for note
10791 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10792 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10793 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10794 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10797 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10800 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10808 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10815 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10817 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10819 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10822 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10823 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10824 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10825 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10826 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10827 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10831 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
10839 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
10849 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
10850 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
10851 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
10852 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
10853 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
10854 be NULL terminated.
10855 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
10856 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
10857 the finer control available with later versions.
10858 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
10859 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
10860 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
10861 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
10862 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
10863 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
10864 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
10867 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
10871 const char *psargs
)
10873 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10875 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10878 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10879 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
10884 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10885 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10886 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10888 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10890 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10893 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10896 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10897 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10898 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10899 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10900 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10905 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10907 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10910 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10913 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10914 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10915 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10916 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10917 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10919 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10924 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
10925 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
10929 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10930 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10931 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10933 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
10935 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
10937 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10938 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10939 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10943 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
10945 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10946 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10947 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10952 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10953 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10954 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10956 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
10958 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
10960 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10961 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10962 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10966 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
10968 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10969 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10970 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10975 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10982 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10984 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10987 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10989 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
10994 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10995 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10996 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10998 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11000 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11001 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11002 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11003 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11004 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11005 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11012 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11013 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11014 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11015 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11016 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11017 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11019 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11025 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11027 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11034 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11035 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11037 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11038 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11039 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11040 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11041 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11042 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11043 #if !defined(gregs)
11044 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11045 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11047 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11048 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11051 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11052 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11054 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11056 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11058 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11062 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11063 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11065 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11066 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11067 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11069 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11073 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11074 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11075 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11076 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11084 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11085 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11086 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11087 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11091 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11094 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11097 const void *fpregs
,
11100 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11101 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11102 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11106 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11109 const void *xfpregs
,
11112 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11113 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11114 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11118 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11119 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11122 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11123 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11125 note_name
= "LINUX";
11126 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11127 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11131 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11134 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11137 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11138 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11139 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11143 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11146 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11149 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11150 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11151 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11155 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11158 const void *ppc_tar
,
11161 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11162 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11163 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11167 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11170 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11173 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11174 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11175 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11179 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11182 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11185 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11186 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11187 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11191 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11194 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11197 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11198 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11199 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11203 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11206 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11209 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11210 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11211 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11215 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11218 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11221 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11222 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11223 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11227 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11230 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11233 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11234 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11235 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11239 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11242 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11245 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11246 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11247 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11251 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11254 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11257 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11258 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11259 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11263 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11266 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11269 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11270 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11271 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11275 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11278 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11281 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11282 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11283 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11287 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11290 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11293 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11294 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11295 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11299 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11302 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11305 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11306 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11307 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11311 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11314 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11317 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11318 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11319 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11320 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11324 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11327 const void *s390_timer
,
11330 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11331 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11332 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11336 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11339 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11342 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11343 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11344 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11348 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11351 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11354 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11355 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11356 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11360 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11363 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11366 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11367 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11368 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11372 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11375 const void *s390_prefix
,
11378 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11379 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11380 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11384 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11387 const void *s390_last_break
,
11390 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11391 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11392 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11393 s390_last_break
, size
);
11397 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11400 const void *s390_system_call
,
11403 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11404 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11405 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11406 s390_system_call
, size
);
11410 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11413 const void *s390_tdb
,
11416 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11417 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11418 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11422 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11425 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11428 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11429 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11430 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11434 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11437 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11440 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11441 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11442 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11443 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11447 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11450 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11453 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11454 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11455 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11460 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11463 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11466 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11467 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11468 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11473 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11476 const void *arm_vfp
,
11479 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11480 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11481 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11485 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11488 const void *aarch_tls
,
11491 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11492 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11493 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11497 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11500 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11503 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11504 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11505 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11509 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11512 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11515 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11516 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11517 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11521 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11524 const void *aarch_sve
,
11527 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11528 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11529 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11533 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11536 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11539 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11540 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11541 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11545 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11548 const char *section
,
11552 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11553 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11554 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11555 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11556 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11557 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11558 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11559 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11560 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11561 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11562 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11563 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11564 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11565 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11566 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11567 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11568 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11569 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11570 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11571 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11572 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11573 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11574 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11575 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11576 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11577 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11578 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11579 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11580 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11581 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11582 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11583 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11584 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11585 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11586 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11587 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11588 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11589 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11590 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11591 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11592 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11593 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11594 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11595 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11596 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11597 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11598 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11599 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11600 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11601 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11602 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11603 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11604 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11605 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11606 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11607 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11608 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11609 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11610 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11611 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11612 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11613 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11614 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11615 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11616 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11617 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11618 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11619 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11620 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11621 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11622 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11623 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11624 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11625 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11630 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11635 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11636 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11637 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11638 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11641 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11645 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11647 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11648 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11650 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11653 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11655 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11656 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11657 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11660 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11661 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11662 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11664 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11665 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11668 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11675 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11678 const char * string
;
11680 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11684 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11685 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11686 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11687 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11688 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11689 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
11691 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11694 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11696 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11697 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11698 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11700 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11709 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11711 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11714 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11715 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11717 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11723 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11730 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11735 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11738 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11741 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
11745 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11746 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11749 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
11750 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
11760 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11762 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11763 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11764 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11767 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
11769 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11775 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
11778 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11779 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11780 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11781 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11783 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11784 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11787 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
11791 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11793 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11797 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
11798 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
11799 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
11800 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
11805 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11806 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11807 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11808 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11810 return reloc_class_normal
;
11813 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11814 relocation against a local symbol. */
11817 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11818 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11820 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
11822 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11823 bfd_vma relocation
;
11825 relocation
= sym
->st_value
;
11828 relocation
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
11829 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11830 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
11831 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11834 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11835 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11836 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
11839 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11840 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11841 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11842 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11843 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11844 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
11845 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
11848 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
11849 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
11855 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11856 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11860 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11862 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11863 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
11865 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11866 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11867 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
11870 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11871 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11872 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11873 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11877 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
11878 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11882 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
11884 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11885 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11887 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11888 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
11891 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
11893 /* Reverse the offset. */
11894 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11895 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
11897 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11898 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11899 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
11905 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11906 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11907 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11908 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11909 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11910 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11912 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11913 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11914 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11915 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11916 the remote memory. */
11919 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11922 bfd_size_type size
,
11923 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
11924 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
11926 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
11927 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
11931 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
11932 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11933 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11938 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11941 const char *relplt_name
;
11942 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
11946 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11952 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
11955 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
11958 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
11961 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
11962 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
11963 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11964 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
11965 if (relplt
== NULL
)
11968 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
11969 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
11970 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
11973 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
11977 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
11978 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
11981 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
11982 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
11983 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11984 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11986 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
11987 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11990 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
11992 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11997 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12001 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12002 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12004 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12009 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12010 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12013 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12014 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12015 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12016 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12017 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12018 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12020 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12023 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12024 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12026 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12030 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12031 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12032 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12033 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12036 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12039 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12040 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12047 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12048 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12049 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12050 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12051 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12052 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12053 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12054 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12057 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
12058 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12060 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12062 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12064 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12066 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
12067 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
12068 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12069 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
12070 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
12071 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12075 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12076 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12077 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12080 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12082 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12083 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12086 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12087 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12088 otherwise return zero. */
12091 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12094 bfd_size_type size
;
12096 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12097 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12098 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12101 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12103 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12104 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;